1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
191 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
195 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
202 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
204 static void update_global_location_list (int);
206 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
208 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
210 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
212 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
214 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
216 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
224 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
227 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
228 current breakpoint. */
230 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
233 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
235 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
236 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
237 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
238 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
241 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
242 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
243 if such is available. */
244 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
247 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
248 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
251 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
252 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
256 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
257 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
258 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
260 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
262 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
263 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
266 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
267 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
271 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
272 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
273 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
274 use hardware breakpoints. */
275 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
277 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
278 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
281 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
282 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
286 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
287 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
288 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
289 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
290 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
292 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
293 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
294 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
295 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
296 always_inserted_auto
,
301 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
303 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
304 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
306 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
307 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
308 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
310 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
312 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
316 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
318 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
319 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
322 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
324 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
325 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
327 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
328 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
330 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
331 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
334 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
337 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
338 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
341 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
342 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
343 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
345 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
346 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
347 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
350 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
352 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
353 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
354 if (tracepoint_type (B))
356 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
358 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
360 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
362 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
364 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
366 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
368 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
369 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
370 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
371 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
373 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
375 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
376 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
377 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
378 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
379 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
381 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
383 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
384 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
385 may still be reported by a target. */
386 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
388 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
390 int breakpoint_count
;
392 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
394 int tracepoint_count
;
396 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
398 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
400 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
403 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
406 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
408 breakpoint_count
= num
;
409 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
412 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
415 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
417 struct breakpoint
*b
;
423 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
426 tracepoint_type (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
428 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
|| b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
);
431 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
432 for "break" command with no arg.
433 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
434 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
436 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
438 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
439 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
440 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
441 int default_breakpoint_line
;
442 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
445 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
446 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
448 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
449 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
450 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
452 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
454 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
455 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
457 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
459 int retval
= 0; /* default */
463 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
464 return breakpoint_count
;
467 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
468 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
473 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
475 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
476 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
477 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
478 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
482 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
490 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
493 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
495 /* Skip non-numeric token */
496 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
498 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
504 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
506 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
507 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
518 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
520 get_number (char **pp
)
522 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
525 /* Parse a number or a range.
526 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
527 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
528 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
531 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
532 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
534 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
535 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
536 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
537 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
538 * pointer PP past <number2>.
542 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
544 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
545 static char *end_ptr
;
546 static int in_range
= 0;
550 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
551 or to the first number of a range. */
552 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
557 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
558 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
559 and also remember the end of the final token. */
563 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
564 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
565 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
566 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
568 error (_("inverted range"));
570 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
572 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
573 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
582 error (_("negative value"));
585 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
586 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
587 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
588 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
591 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
593 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
601 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
602 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
605 get_breakpoint (int num
)
607 struct breakpoint
*b
;
610 if (b
->number
== num
)
617 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
620 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
627 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
630 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
632 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
635 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
637 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
638 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
646 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
647 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
651 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
653 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
658 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
659 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
660 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
661 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
662 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
666 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
668 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
671 breakpoints_changed ();
672 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
676 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
679 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
682 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
684 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
685 b
->commands
= commands
;
686 breakpoints_changed ();
687 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
691 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
693 struct breakpoint
*b
;
696 struct command_line
*l
;
698 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
699 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
702 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
703 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
706 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
709 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
712 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
714 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
716 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
717 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
718 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
719 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
722 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
725 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
726 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
728 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
729 that are part of if and while bodies. */
730 enum command_control_type
731 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
738 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
741 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
742 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
744 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
745 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
750 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
753 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
756 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
758 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
759 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
760 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
761 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
762 list after it finishes execution. */
763 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
764 breakpoints_changed ();
765 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
766 return simple_control
;
768 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
771 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
774 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
776 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
780 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
781 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
786 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
787 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
789 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
790 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
792 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
793 memaddr ... memaddr + len
794 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
795 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
797 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
800 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
802 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
803 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
805 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
806 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
809 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
810 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
812 struct bp_location
*b
;
814 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
817 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
818 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
819 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
821 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
822 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
825 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
826 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
832 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
834 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
836 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
837 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
841 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
842 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
845 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
848 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
849 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
850 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
853 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
855 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
856 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
859 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
861 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
862 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
864 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
865 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
869 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
870 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
874 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
875 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
877 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
878 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
879 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
883 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
885 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
886 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
889 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
890 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
895 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
897 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
899 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
902 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
903 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
909 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
911 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
912 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
913 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
916 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
917 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
918 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
921 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
922 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
923 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
924 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
925 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
927 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
928 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
929 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
930 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
932 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
933 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
934 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
938 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
939 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
941 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
942 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
950 /* Evaluate the expression. */
951 mark
= value_mark ();
954 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
956 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
960 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
961 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
962 error to some higher catcher. */
968 throw_exception (ex
);
973 new_mark
= value_mark ();
974 if (mark
== new_mark
)
979 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
980 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
982 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
987 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
988 decide which addresses to watch. */
989 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
990 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
994 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
995 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
996 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
997 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
998 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
999 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1000 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1001 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1005 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1007 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1008 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1009 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1012 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1013 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1014 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1015 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1017 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1019 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1020 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1022 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1023 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1024 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1025 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1026 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1027 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1028 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1030 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1031 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1032 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1033 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1034 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1035 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1036 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1037 memory content has not changed.
1039 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1042 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1043 several times when GDB stops.
1046 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1047 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1048 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1049 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1050 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1051 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1052 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1053 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1054 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1055 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1057 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1058 removal from inferior. */
1061 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1063 int within_current_scope
;
1064 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1065 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1069 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1070 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1071 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1072 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1075 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1076 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1077 breakpoints if needed. */
1080 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1085 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1086 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1087 within_current_scope
= 1;
1090 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1092 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1093 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1094 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1095 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1098 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1100 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1101 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1102 if (within_current_scope
)
1106 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1115 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1116 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1117 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1118 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1119 be completely different objects. */
1120 value_free (b
->val
);
1125 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1126 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1127 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1128 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1129 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1130 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1132 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1133 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1134 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1136 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1138 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1139 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1141 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1143 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1144 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1145 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1146 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1153 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1154 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1155 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1156 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1159 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1161 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1162 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1163 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1164 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1165 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1167 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1168 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1170 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1173 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1176 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1177 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1178 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1179 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1181 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1185 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1187 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1188 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1190 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1191 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1192 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1193 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1194 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1195 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1196 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1198 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1200 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1201 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1202 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1204 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1205 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1209 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1211 addr
= value_address (v
);
1212 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1214 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1216 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1219 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1220 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1223 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1225 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1226 loc
->address
= addr
;
1228 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1232 next
= value_next (v
);
1237 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1238 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1239 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1240 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1241 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1243 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1244 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1247 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1249 printf_filtered (_("\
1250 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1251 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1253 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1254 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1255 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1258 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1260 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1264 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1265 inserted in the inferior. */
1267 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1269 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1272 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1275 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1278 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1279 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1280 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1281 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1282 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1283 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1284 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1285 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1286 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1289 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1291 if (tracepoint_type (bpt
->owner
))
1297 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1298 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1299 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1301 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1302 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1304 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1305 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1306 int *disabled_breaks
,
1307 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1311 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1314 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1315 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1316 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1317 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1319 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1320 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1322 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1324 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1325 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1326 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1327 Two important cases are:
1328 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1329 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1330 hardware breakpoint.
1331 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1332 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1333 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1335 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1336 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1337 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1338 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1339 struct mem_region
*mr
1340 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1344 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1347 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1349 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1350 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1352 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1354 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1356 static int said
= 0;
1357 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1360 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1361 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1366 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1367 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1368 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1369 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1373 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1374 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1375 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1376 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1378 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1380 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1381 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1384 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1389 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1390 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1391 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1393 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1394 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1395 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1396 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1397 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1398 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1401 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1403 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1404 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1405 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1406 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1407 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1409 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1410 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1411 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1414 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1415 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1417 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1418 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1419 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1422 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1427 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1428 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1435 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1436 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1438 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1440 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1441 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1443 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1444 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1445 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1446 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1447 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1449 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1450 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1451 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1455 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1457 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1458 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1459 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1460 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1464 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1465 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1466 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1467 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1468 "Error accessing memory address ");
1469 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1471 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1472 safe_strerror (val
));
1483 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1484 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1485 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1486 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1488 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1490 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1491 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1494 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1496 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1497 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1498 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1499 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1501 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1505 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1506 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1507 so just return success. */
1514 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1515 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1519 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1521 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1522 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1524 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1527 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1531 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1532 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1533 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1535 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1537 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1539 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1540 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1542 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1543 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1545 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1551 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1552 removed locations above. */
1553 update_global_location_list (0);
1556 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1557 Throws exception on any error.
1558 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1559 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1561 insert_breakpoints (void)
1563 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1566 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1567 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1569 update_global_location_list (1);
1571 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1572 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1574 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1575 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1578 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1579 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1580 Both return zero if successful,
1581 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1584 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1586 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1587 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1590 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1591 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1593 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1594 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1596 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1597 there was an error. */
1598 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1600 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1602 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1604 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1605 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1607 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1610 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1611 thread no longer exists. */
1612 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1613 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1616 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1618 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1619 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1620 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1621 insert breakpoints. */
1622 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1623 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1626 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1628 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1633 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1634 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1637 int some_failed
= 0;
1638 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1640 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1643 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1646 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1649 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1650 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1657 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1659 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1661 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1663 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1671 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1672 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1673 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1675 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1676 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1677 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1679 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1680 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1683 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1687 remove_breakpoints (void)
1689 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1692 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1695 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1700 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1703 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1705 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1707 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1711 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1716 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1725 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1727 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1730 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1732 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1733 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1739 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1741 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1742 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1744 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1745 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1746 struct inferior
*inf
;
1747 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1749 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1753 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1754 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1756 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1758 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1760 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1762 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1768 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1772 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1777 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1781 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1783 static struct breakpoint
*
1784 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1785 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1787 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1790 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1793 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1794 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1796 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1797 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1798 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1804 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1806 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1808 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1811 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1813 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1817 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1818 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1820 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1822 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1824 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1825 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1829 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1830 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1833 update_global_location_list (1);
1837 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1839 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1840 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1841 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1843 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1845 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1846 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1849 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1851 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1854 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1856 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1860 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1861 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1863 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1864 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1866 update_global_location_list (1);
1868 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1872 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1874 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1875 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1876 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1878 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1879 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1880 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1881 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1882 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1883 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1884 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1885 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1886 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1887 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1888 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1892 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1895 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1896 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1898 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1902 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1903 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1905 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1909 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1910 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1911 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1912 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1914 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1918 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1919 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1921 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1925 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1927 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1929 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1933 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1935 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1936 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1937 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1938 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1942 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1943 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1944 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1945 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1946 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1947 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1949 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1950 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1951 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1952 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1953 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1954 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1955 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1957 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1958 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1959 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1960 let finish_command delete it.
1962 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1963 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1964 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1965 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1966 solib breakpoints.) */
1968 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1973 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1974 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1976 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1978 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1982 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1983 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1984 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1985 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1986 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1987 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1991 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1993 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1995 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1996 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1998 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1999 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2001 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2002 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2005 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2009 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
2011 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2015 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2016 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2017 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2018 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2019 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2022 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2025 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2027 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2028 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2031 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2032 This should not ever happen. */
2033 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2035 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2036 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2038 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2039 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2040 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2042 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2043 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2044 || b
->section
== NULL
2045 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2047 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2049 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2050 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2052 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2056 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2057 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2058 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2060 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2061 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2063 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2064 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2065 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2066 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2067 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2069 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2070 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2072 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2073 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2076 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2077 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2078 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2079 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2080 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2081 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2084 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2085 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2086 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2087 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2088 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2095 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2100 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2101 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2102 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2103 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2108 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2110 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2115 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2116 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2117 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2119 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2120 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2121 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2124 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2125 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2128 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2130 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2133 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2140 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2143 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2145 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2146 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2149 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2150 This should not ever happen. */
2151 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2153 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2155 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2157 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2159 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2163 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2166 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2168 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2170 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2171 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2175 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2176 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2178 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2181 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2182 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2183 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2188 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2190 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2191 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2193 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2195 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2197 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2202 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2203 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2209 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2215 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2217 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2218 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2221 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2222 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2226 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2227 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2228 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2230 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2231 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2232 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2233 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2235 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2236 in insert_breakpoints. */
2238 value_free (b
->val
);
2248 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2249 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2250 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2251 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2254 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2255 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2256 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2257 match, not program space. */
2259 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2260 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2261 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2262 permanent breakpoint.
2263 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2264 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2265 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2266 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2267 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2269 enum breakpoint_here
2270 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2272 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2273 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2275 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2277 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2278 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2281 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2282 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2283 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2286 if (overlay_debugging
2287 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2288 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2289 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2290 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2291 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2293 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2297 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2300 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2303 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2305 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2308 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2309 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2316 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2317 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2318 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2319 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2322 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2324 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2326 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2328 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2329 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2333 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2336 if (overlay_debugging
2337 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2338 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2339 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2347 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2348 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2351 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2353 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2356 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2362 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2366 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2368 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2369 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2371 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2373 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2377 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2380 if (overlay_debugging
2381 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2382 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2383 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2389 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2390 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2397 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2398 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2400 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2404 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2406 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2407 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2410 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2413 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2414 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2418 /* Check for intersection. */
2419 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2420 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2428 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2429 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2432 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2435 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2436 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2440 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2442 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2443 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2446 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2447 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2450 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2454 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2456 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2457 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2458 it is now time to do so. */
2460 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2461 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2465 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2467 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2468 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2469 it is now time to do so. */
2471 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2472 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2476 if (overlay_debugging
2477 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2478 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2479 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2488 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2492 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2494 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2498 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2500 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2501 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2502 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2506 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2507 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2510 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2527 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2528 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2531 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2535 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2540 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2542 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2543 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2544 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2545 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2546 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2548 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2549 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2553 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2563 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2566 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2571 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2573 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2579 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2580 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2581 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2583 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2584 step_resume breakpoint.
2586 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2588 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2592 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2594 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2596 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2598 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2599 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2600 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2601 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2602 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2605 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2609 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2610 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2611 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2612 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2613 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2614 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2616 Return 1 otherwise. */
2619 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2621 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2624 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2626 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2627 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2628 this function might return the same number more
2629 than once and this will look ugly. */
2630 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2631 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2633 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2635 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2639 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2642 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2644 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2646 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2647 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2649 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2655 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2658 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2660 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2662 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2664 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2665 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2666 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2667 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2672 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2675 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2677 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2679 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2682 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2683 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2684 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2685 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2687 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2688 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2689 bpstat of the current thread. */
2692 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2695 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2698 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2700 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2703 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2704 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2706 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2709 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2710 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2712 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2713 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2715 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2717 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2718 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2719 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2720 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2721 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2722 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2723 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2724 the tree when we're done. */
2727 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2731 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2733 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2739 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2740 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2742 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2744 if (target_can_async_p ())
2745 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2746 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2747 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2750 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2751 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2752 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2753 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2754 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2755 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2756 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2757 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2758 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2759 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2760 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2761 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2762 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2767 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2772 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2774 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2775 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2776 && target_has_execution
2777 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2778 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2779 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2780 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2781 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2782 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2783 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2787 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2790 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2793 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2796 struct value_print_options opts
;
2797 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2798 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2802 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2803 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2804 by having it set different print_it values.
2806 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2807 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2808 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2809 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2810 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2812 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2813 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2814 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2815 don't print anything else.
2816 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2817 that something to be followed by a location.
2818 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2819 that something to be followed by a location.
2820 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2823 static enum print_stop_action
2824 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2826 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2827 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2828 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2829 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2831 enum print_stop_action result
;
2833 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2834 which has since been deleted. */
2835 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2836 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2837 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2840 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2841 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2846 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2847 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2848 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2849 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2852 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2854 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2859 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2860 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2863 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2864 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2865 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2868 case bp_shlib_event
:
2869 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2870 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2871 to shlib event" message.) */
2872 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2873 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2876 case bp_thread_event
:
2877 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2878 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2879 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2880 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2883 case bp_overlay_event
:
2884 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2885 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2886 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2889 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2890 /* These should never be enabled. */
2891 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2892 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2896 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2897 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2901 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2903 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2904 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2905 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2906 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2907 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2908 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2909 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2911 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2912 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2915 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2916 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2919 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2921 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2922 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2923 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2924 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2925 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2926 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2929 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2930 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2932 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2933 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2936 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2938 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2940 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2941 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2942 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2947 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2950 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2951 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2952 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2954 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2955 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2956 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2957 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2960 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2964 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2967 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2968 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2972 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2975 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2976 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2981 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2982 case bp_step_resume
:
2983 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2986 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
2989 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2993 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2997 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2998 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2999 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3000 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3003 static enum print_stop_action
3004 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3006 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3009 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3010 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3014 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3015 relevant messages. */
3016 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3019 case print_it_normal
:
3021 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3022 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3024 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3025 print_it_typical. */
3026 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3027 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3028 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3030 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3035 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3036 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3041 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3042 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3043 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3044 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3045 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3046 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3049 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3050 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3051 code to print the location. An example is
3052 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3054 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3055 to also print the location part of the message.
3056 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3057 don't require a location appended to the end.
3058 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3059 further info to be printed.*/
3061 enum print_stop_action
3062 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3066 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3067 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3068 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3069 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3070 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3072 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3073 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3074 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3075 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3079 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3080 with and nothing was printed. */
3081 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3084 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3085 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3086 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3087 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3090 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3092 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3093 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3094 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3098 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3101 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3105 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3107 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3108 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3109 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3111 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3115 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3116 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3119 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3121 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3123 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3125 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3127 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3128 as not triggered. */
3130 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3131 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3132 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3133 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3138 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3140 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3141 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3143 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3144 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3145 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3146 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3148 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3151 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3152 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3156 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3157 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3158 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3160 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3163 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3164 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3165 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3167 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3171 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3179 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3180 because of check_errors). */
3181 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3182 #define WP_DELETED 1
3183 /* The value has changed. */
3184 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3185 /* The value has not changed. */
3186 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3188 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3189 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3191 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3193 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3194 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3197 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3199 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3200 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3201 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3202 int within_current_scope
;
3204 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3206 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3207 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3208 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3209 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3210 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3212 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3213 within_current_scope
= 1;
3216 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3217 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3218 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3220 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3221 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3222 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3223 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3224 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3225 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3226 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3227 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3228 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3229 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3231 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3232 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3234 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3235 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3236 if (within_current_scope
)
3238 struct symbol
*function
;
3240 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3241 if (function
== NULL
3242 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3243 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3244 within_current_scope
= 0;
3247 if (within_current_scope
)
3248 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3249 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3254 if (within_current_scope
)
3256 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3257 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3258 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3259 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3261 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3262 struct value
*new_val
;
3264 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3266 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3267 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3268 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3269 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3270 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3272 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3274 release_value (new_val
);
3275 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3277 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3280 /* We will stop here */
3281 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3285 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3286 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3287 /* We won't stop here */
3288 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3293 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3294 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3295 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3296 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3297 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3298 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3299 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3300 the first value assigned). */
3301 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3302 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3303 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3304 information here. */
3305 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3307 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3308 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3309 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3310 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3311 which its expression is valid.\n");
3313 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3314 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3315 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3321 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3322 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3323 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3325 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3326 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3328 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3330 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3332 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
3335 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3336 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3337 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3338 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3339 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3340 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3342 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3345 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3346 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3347 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3351 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3352 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3353 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3354 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3355 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3356 (did not match the data address). */
3358 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3359 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3360 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3361 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3364 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3366 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3368 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3369 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3370 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3374 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3376 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3377 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3384 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3385 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3388 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3390 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3391 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3393 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3394 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3395 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3396 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3400 int must_check_value
= 0;
3402 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3403 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3405 must_check_value
= 1;
3406 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3407 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3408 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3410 must_check_value
= 1;
3411 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3412 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3413 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3414 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3415 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3416 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3417 must_check_value
= 1;
3419 if (must_check_value
)
3421 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3423 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3424 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3426 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3430 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3431 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3434 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3435 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3437 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3438 the value has changed. This is for targets
3439 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3440 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3444 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3445 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3446 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3448 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3449 the value hasn't changed. */
3450 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3458 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3459 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3460 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3461 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3462 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3463 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3464 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3468 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3470 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3471 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3472 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3473 anything for this watchpoint. */
3474 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3481 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3482 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3483 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3485 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3487 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3488 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3489 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3491 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3492 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3496 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3498 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3499 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3500 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3502 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3503 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3505 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3507 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3508 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3509 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3510 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3512 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3514 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3515 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3516 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3517 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3518 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3520 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3522 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3523 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3525 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3526 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3528 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3532 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3536 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3539 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3541 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3549 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3550 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3552 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3553 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3555 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3557 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3559 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3560 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3561 several reasons concurrently.)
3563 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3564 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3567 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3568 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3570 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3571 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3572 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3573 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3574 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3575 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3576 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3578 int need_remove_insert
;
3580 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
3581 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
3582 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
3586 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3589 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3591 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3592 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3593 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3594 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3596 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3599 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3602 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3605 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3607 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3609 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3610 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3615 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3619 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3620 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3621 /* We do not stop for these. */
3624 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3630 /* We will stop here */
3631 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3633 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3634 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3635 update_global_location_list (0);
3639 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3641 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3642 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q",
3643 bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3645 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3648 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3651 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
3652 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3653 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3657 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3659 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3662 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3663 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3666 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3670 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3672 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3673 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3674 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3676 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3680 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3682 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3684 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3685 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3687 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3688 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3689 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3690 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3691 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3694 if (need_remove_insert
)
3695 update_global_location_list (1);
3697 return root_bs
->next
;
3700 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3702 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3704 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3707 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3710 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3713 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3716 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3719 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3722 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3725 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3728 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3731 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3734 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3737 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3740 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3744 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3745 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3746 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3747 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3748 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3749 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3750 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3751 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3752 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3753 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3754 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3755 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3757 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3758 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3759 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3760 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3762 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3763 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3764 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3765 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3766 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3767 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3768 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3770 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3771 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3772 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3773 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3776 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3777 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3778 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3779 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3786 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3787 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3788 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3789 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3790 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3792 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3793 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3794 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3796 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3797 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3800 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3801 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3802 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3803 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3804 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3805 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3806 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3807 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3808 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3809 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3810 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3811 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3825 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3826 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3828 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3829 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3831 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3832 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3833 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3834 which has since been deleted. */
3836 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3837 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3839 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3845 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3851 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3853 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3856 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3859 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3860 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3861 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3865 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3867 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3870 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3871 This requires no further action. */
3872 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3875 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3877 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3878 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3880 case bp_step_resume
:
3883 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3886 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3887 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3889 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3890 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3892 case bp_shlib_event
:
3893 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3896 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3898 case bp_thread_event
:
3899 case bp_overlay_event
:
3900 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3901 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3907 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3909 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3912 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3913 This requires no further action. */
3914 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3917 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3918 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3919 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3920 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3923 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3924 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3925 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3927 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3928 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
3931 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3933 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3937 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3938 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3939 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3942 bpstat_should_step (void)
3944 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3946 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3952 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3954 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3963 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
3965 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3966 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3968 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3970 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3972 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
3976 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3978 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
3981 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3984 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3985 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3986 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3987 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3988 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3990 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3991 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3993 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3995 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3996 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3999 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4002 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4006 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4008 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4013 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4016 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4018 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4019 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4021 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4022 int print_address_bits
,
4025 struct command_line
*l
;
4027 struct ep_type_description
4032 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4034 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4035 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4036 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4037 {bp_until
, "until"},
4038 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4039 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4040 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4041 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4042 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4043 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4044 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4045 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4046 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4047 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4048 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4049 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4050 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4051 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4052 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4053 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4054 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4055 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4058 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4059 char wrap_indent
[80];
4060 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4061 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4062 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4064 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4065 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4066 struct value_print_options opts
;
4068 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4070 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4071 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4072 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4076 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4077 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4082 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4086 if (part_of_multiple
)
4089 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4090 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4095 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4100 if (part_of_multiple
)
4101 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4104 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4105 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4106 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4107 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4114 if (part_of_multiple
)
4115 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4117 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4122 if (part_of_multiple
)
4123 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4125 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4126 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4127 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4131 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4132 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4134 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4135 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4137 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4140 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4142 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4143 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4144 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4145 just one location. */
4146 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4147 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4153 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4154 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4158 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4159 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4160 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4161 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4162 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4163 is relatively readable). */
4164 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4165 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4167 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4171 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4175 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4176 case bp_step_resume
:
4177 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4179 case bp_shlib_event
:
4180 case bp_thread_event
:
4181 case bp_overlay_event
:
4182 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4184 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4186 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4189 if (header_of_multiple
)
4190 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4191 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4192 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4194 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4195 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4198 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4199 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4206 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4209 && !header_of_multiple
4211 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4212 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4213 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4214 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4216 struct inferior
*inf
;
4219 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4221 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4226 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4229 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4230 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4235 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4237 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4239 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4240 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4241 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4242 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4244 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4246 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4247 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4253 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4257 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4259 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4260 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4261 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4264 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4266 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4267 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4268 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4270 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
4271 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4273 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4274 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4275 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4278 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4280 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4281 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4282 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4283 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4286 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4288 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4289 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4290 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4292 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4293 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4294 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4295 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4296 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4298 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4301 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4302 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4303 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4304 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4305 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4307 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4310 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4311 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4312 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4316 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4318 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4321 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4322 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4323 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4326 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4328 annotate_field (10);
4329 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4330 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4331 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4334 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4336 annotate_field (11);
4337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4338 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4339 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4342 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4344 struct action_line
*action
;
4345 annotate_field (12);
4346 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4348 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4349 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4350 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4354 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4357 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4358 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4359 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4362 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4363 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4367 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4368 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4371 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4372 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4374 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4375 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4376 locations, if any. */
4377 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4379 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4380 disabled, we print it as if it had
4381 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4382 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4384 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4385 several locations internally, that's no a property
4388 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4389 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4390 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4392 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4394 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4395 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4396 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4402 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4404 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4405 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4407 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4409 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4410 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4411 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4414 return print_address_bits
;
4417 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4423 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4425 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4426 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4427 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4430 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4432 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4433 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4441 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4443 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4445 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4447 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4448 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4454 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4455 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4458 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4460 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4461 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4462 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4463 || tracepoint_type (b
)
4464 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4465 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4466 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4467 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4470 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4471 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4472 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4475 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4477 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4478 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4479 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4480 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4481 struct value_print_options opts
;
4482 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4484 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4486 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4487 size required for address fields. */
4488 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4491 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4493 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4495 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4496 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4497 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4499 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4503 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4505 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4509 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4512 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4513 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4516 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4519 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4520 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4522 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4523 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4525 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4526 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4528 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4530 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4531 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4533 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4535 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4537 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4538 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4540 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4544 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4546 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4548 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4549 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4552 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4554 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4557 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4559 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4564 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4565 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4568 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4569 there have been breakpoints? */
4570 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4574 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4579 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4581 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4585 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4590 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4592 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4596 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4597 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4598 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4600 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4601 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4603 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4604 && bl
->address
== pc
4605 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4611 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4612 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4616 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4617 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4618 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4621 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4624 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4628 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4629 else /* if (others == ???) */
4630 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4632 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4635 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4636 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4637 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4638 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4639 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4640 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4641 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4642 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4643 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4645 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4649 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4651 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4652 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4653 printf_filtered (".\n");
4657 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4658 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4661 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4662 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4665 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4666 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4667 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4668 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4669 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4672 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4673 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4674 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4675 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4677 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4678 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4679 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4687 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4689 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4691 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4694 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4695 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4698 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4700 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4701 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4702 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4703 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4706 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4707 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4708 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4709 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4712 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4713 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4715 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4716 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4720 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4721 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4722 represent the same location. */
4725 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4727 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4728 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4730 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4733 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4735 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4736 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4740 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4741 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4746 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4747 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4749 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4750 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4752 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4755 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4756 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4757 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4758 this function is simply the identity function. */
4761 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4762 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4764 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4766 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4769 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4770 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4771 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4772 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4773 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4775 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4776 have their addresses modified. */
4781 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4783 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4784 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4785 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4787 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4788 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4790 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4791 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4793 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4797 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4799 static struct bp_location
*
4800 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4802 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4804 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4805 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4809 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4816 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4820 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4821 case bp_step_resume
:
4822 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4824 case bp_shlib_event
:
4825 case bp_thread_event
:
4826 case bp_overlay_event
:
4828 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4829 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4831 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4832 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4834 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4835 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4836 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4837 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4841 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4844 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4850 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4855 if (loc
->function_name
)
4856 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4861 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4862 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4863 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4865 static struct breakpoint
*
4866 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4869 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4871 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4872 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4875 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4876 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4877 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4879 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4882 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4884 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4885 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4886 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4887 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4889 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4891 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4892 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4893 of increasing numbers. */
4895 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4897 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4907 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4909 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4911 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4912 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4913 || tracepoint_type (loc
->owner
))
4915 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4917 if (loc
->function_name
)
4918 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4922 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4923 static struct gdbarch
*
4924 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4927 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4929 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4934 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4935 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4936 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4937 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4938 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4939 is also returned as the value of this function.
4941 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4942 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4943 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4944 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4945 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4946 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4947 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4950 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4951 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4953 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4954 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4955 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4957 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4959 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4961 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4962 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4964 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4965 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4966 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4967 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4968 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4969 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4970 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4972 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4973 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4974 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4975 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4976 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4978 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4979 breakpoint resetting. */
4980 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4982 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4983 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4985 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4986 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4987 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4989 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4991 breakpoints_changed ();
4997 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4998 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5000 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5002 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5003 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5005 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5006 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5007 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5008 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5009 but it's easy to implmement. */
5010 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5014 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5015 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5016 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5019 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5021 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5023 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5024 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5025 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5026 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5027 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5028 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5029 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5031 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5032 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5033 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5037 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5039 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5041 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5044 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5046 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5047 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5052 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5057 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5059 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5060 update_global_location_list (1);
5061 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5066 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5068 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5071 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5073 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5074 update_global_location_list (0);
5075 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5080 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5082 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5084 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5086 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5087 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5089 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5091 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5097 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5099 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5101 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5102 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5103 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5104 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5107 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5110 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5111 char ***addr_string_p
;
5115 struct lang_and_radix
5121 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5124 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5126 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5128 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5129 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5134 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5136 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5139 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5140 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5141 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5145 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5147 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5149 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5150 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5154 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5155 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5158 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5160 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5162 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5164 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5165 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5166 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5167 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5168 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5169 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5170 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5171 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5172 || (tracepoint_type (b
)))
5173 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5174 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5176 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5178 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5182 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5187 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5188 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5191 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5193 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5194 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5196 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5197 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5198 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5199 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5200 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5201 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5204 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5206 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5207 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5208 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5209 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5210 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5211 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5212 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5214 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5215 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5216 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5217 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5219 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5221 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5222 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5225 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5230 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5232 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5235 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5237 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5240 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5243 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5245 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5248 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5252 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5254 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5257 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5259 static enum print_stop_action
5260 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5262 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5263 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5264 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5265 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5268 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5271 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5273 struct value_print_options opts
;
5275 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5277 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5278 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5279 is relatively readable). */
5280 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5281 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5283 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5284 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5286 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5287 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5288 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5289 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5293 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5297 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5299 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5302 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5304 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5308 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5309 print_it_catch_fork
,
5310 print_one_catch_fork
,
5311 print_mention_catch_fork
5314 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5317 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5319 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5322 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5325 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5327 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5330 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5334 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5336 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5339 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5341 static enum print_stop_action
5342 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5344 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5345 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5346 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5347 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5350 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5353 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5355 struct value_print_options opts
;
5357 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5358 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5359 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5360 is relatively readable). */
5361 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5362 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5364 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5365 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5367 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5368 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5369 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5370 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5374 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5378 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5380 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5385 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5389 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5390 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5391 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5392 print_mention_catch_vfork
5395 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5399 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5401 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5403 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5404 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5405 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5410 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5414 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5416 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5417 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5419 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5420 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5422 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5423 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5425 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5426 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5430 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5431 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5432 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5433 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5434 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5437 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5441 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5443 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5445 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5446 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5447 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5452 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5456 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5457 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5459 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5460 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5464 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5465 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5466 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5467 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5468 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5471 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5475 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5477 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5478 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5479 syscall we are catching. */
5480 int syscall_number
= 0;
5482 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5485 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5486 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5490 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5492 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5502 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5505 static enum print_stop_action
5506 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5508 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5509 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5510 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5511 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5513 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5515 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5518 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5520 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5522 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5525 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5527 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5529 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5531 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5532 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5533 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5534 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5535 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5536 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5538 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5540 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5543 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5547 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5548 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5550 struct value_print_options opts
;
5552 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5553 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5554 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5555 is relatively readable). */
5556 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5557 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5560 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5561 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5564 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5566 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5569 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5571 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5576 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5579 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5581 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5583 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5584 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5588 /* Remove the last comma. */
5589 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5590 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5593 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5597 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5601 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5603 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5607 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5608 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5610 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5613 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5617 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5620 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5622 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5624 printf_filtered (")");
5627 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5631 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5633 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5635 insert_catch_syscall
,
5636 remove_catch_syscall
,
5637 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5638 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5639 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5640 print_mention_catch_syscall
5643 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5646 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5648 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5651 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5652 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5653 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5654 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5656 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5657 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5658 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5659 to the catchpoint. */
5661 static struct breakpoint
*
5662 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5664 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5666 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5667 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5670 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5672 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5673 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5674 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5676 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5678 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5679 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5680 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5686 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5688 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5689 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5690 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5691 to the catchpoint. */
5693 static struct breakpoint
*
5694 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5695 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5697 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5698 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5701 update_global_location_list (1);
5707 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5708 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5709 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5711 struct breakpoint
*b
5712 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5714 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5716 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5719 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5722 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5724 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5728 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5730 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5734 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5736 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5739 static enum print_stop_action
5740 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5742 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5743 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5745 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5749 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5751 struct value_print_options opts
;
5753 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5755 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5756 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5757 is relatively readable). */
5758 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5759 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5761 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5762 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5764 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5765 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5766 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5771 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5773 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5776 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5780 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5781 print_it_catch_exec
,
5782 print_one_catch_exec
,
5783 print_mention_catch_exec
5787 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5788 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5790 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5791 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5792 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5794 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5796 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5799 update_global_location_list (1);
5803 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5805 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5810 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5818 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5820 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5823 *other_type_used
= 0;
5826 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5828 if (b
->type
== type
)
5830 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5831 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5832 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5833 *other_type_used
= 1;
5840 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5842 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5846 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5847 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5848 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5849 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5850 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5852 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5853 update_global_location_list (0);
5859 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5865 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5866 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5867 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5868 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5869 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5871 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5872 update_global_location_list (1);
5878 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5880 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5885 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5888 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5889 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5890 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5892 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5898 update_global_location_list (0);
5900 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5904 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5906 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5909 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5913 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5916 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5917 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5918 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5920 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5926 breakpoint_re_set ();
5930 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5931 at address specified by SAL.
5932 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5935 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5936 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5938 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5940 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5942 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5944 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5945 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5946 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5947 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5949 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5950 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5951 single thread of control. */
5952 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5953 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5955 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5960 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5964 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5966 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5968 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5972 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5973 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5974 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5976 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5977 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5978 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5979 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5980 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5982 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5983 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5985 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5987 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5988 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5989 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5990 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5992 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5993 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5994 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5996 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6001 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6004 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6006 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6008 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6009 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6011 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6015 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6018 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6021 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6022 struct value_print_options opts
;
6024 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6026 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6027 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6028 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6029 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6030 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6032 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6033 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6038 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6042 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6043 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6044 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6045 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6046 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6048 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6050 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6051 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6053 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6054 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6056 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6058 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6059 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6062 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6064 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6065 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6066 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6067 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6068 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6070 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6073 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6078 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6079 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6081 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6082 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6085 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6091 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6095 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6100 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6101 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6104 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6105 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6110 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6111 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6118 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6119 case bp_step_resume
:
6121 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6122 case bp_shlib_event
:
6123 case bp_thread_event
:
6124 case bp_overlay_event
:
6126 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6132 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6136 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6140 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6142 printf_filtered (" at ");
6143 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6147 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6148 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6152 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6154 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6156 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6161 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6163 printf_filtered ("\n");
6167 static struct bp_location
*
6168 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6169 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6171 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6173 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6174 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6177 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6179 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6180 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6181 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6182 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6183 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6184 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6185 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6187 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6192 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6193 return 0 otherwise. */
6196 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6200 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6201 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6202 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6205 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6207 addr
= loc
->address
;
6208 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6210 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6214 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6216 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6217 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6218 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6219 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6221 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6222 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6224 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6225 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6228 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6235 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6236 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6237 as condition expression. */
6240 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6241 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6243 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6244 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6245 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6247 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6250 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6252 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6253 int target_resources_ok
=
6254 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6256 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6257 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6258 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6259 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6262 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6264 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6266 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6267 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6271 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6273 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6275 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6276 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6281 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6282 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6283 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6287 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6288 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6289 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6290 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6292 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6294 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6295 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6296 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6297 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6303 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6306 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6307 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6311 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6312 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6314 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6319 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6321 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6324 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6330 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6331 elements to fill the void space. */
6333 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6335 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6336 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6338 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6339 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6344 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6345 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6346 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6347 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6348 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6349 single expanded sal, return the original.
6351 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6352 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6353 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6354 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6355 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6357 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6358 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6360 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6361 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6362 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6365 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6367 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6368 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6369 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6372 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6373 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6379 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6381 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6383 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6385 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6386 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6388 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6390 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6391 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6392 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6394 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6395 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6396 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6397 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6398 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6402 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6404 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6405 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6407 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6408 char *this_function
;
6410 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6412 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6414 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6415 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6418 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6420 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6423 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6425 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6427 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6429 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6432 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6433 we should really always find the section here. */
6434 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6437 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6438 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6440 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6449 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6451 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6452 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6453 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6457 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6459 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6461 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6462 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6463 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6464 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6466 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6467 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6468 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6475 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6476 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6487 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6488 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6489 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6490 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6491 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6492 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6493 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6494 we take just a single condition string.
6496 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6497 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6498 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6499 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6500 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6503 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6504 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6506 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6507 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6508 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6512 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6514 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6515 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6517 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6518 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6519 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6523 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6524 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6525 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6526 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6529 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6530 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6531 char ***addr_string
,
6534 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6535 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6536 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6538 if ((*address
) == NULL
6539 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6541 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6543 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6544 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6545 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6546 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6547 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6548 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6549 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6550 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6551 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6553 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6554 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6555 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6556 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6558 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6560 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6564 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6568 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6569 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6570 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6571 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6572 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6573 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6575 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6577 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6579 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6580 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6581 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6582 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6585 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6586 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6588 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6589 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6590 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6591 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6594 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6596 /* Add the string if not present. */
6597 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6598 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6604 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6605 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6608 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6612 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6613 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6616 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
6617 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
6618 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
6619 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
6620 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
6624 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6625 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
6628 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
6630 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6632 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6634 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
6636 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
6638 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
6641 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
6642 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
6644 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6649 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6651 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6653 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6654 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6657 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6658 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6659 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6660 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6661 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6662 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6664 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6665 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6667 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6673 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6674 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6675 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6680 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6683 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6685 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6687 struct expression
*expr
;
6689 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6690 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6693 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6694 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6696 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6702 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6704 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6705 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6706 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6708 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6714 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6716 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6717 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6718 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6721 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6725 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
6726 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
6727 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
6728 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6729 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
6730 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
6731 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
6732 was created; false otherwise. */
6735 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6736 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6737 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6738 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6740 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6741 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6745 struct gdb_exception e
;
6746 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6747 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6750 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6752 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6753 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6754 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6758 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6765 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6766 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6767 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6768 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6770 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6771 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6773 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6777 throw_exception (e
);
6781 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6783 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6786 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6787 throw_exception (e
);
6789 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6791 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6792 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6793 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6794 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6797 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6798 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6799 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6800 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6801 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6802 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6804 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6809 throw_exception (e
);
6816 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6817 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6821 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6822 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6824 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6825 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6828 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6829 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6830 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6831 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6832 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6834 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6835 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6836 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6838 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6839 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6842 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6843 are ok for the target. */
6845 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6847 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6848 ? (hardwareflag
? bp_fast_tracepoint
: bp_tracepoint
)
6849 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6851 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
6852 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
6853 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
6855 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6856 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6860 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6862 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6863 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6864 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6865 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6868 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6871 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6875 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6878 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6879 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6882 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6883 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6884 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6888 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6889 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6891 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6893 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6894 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6895 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6897 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6898 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6899 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6900 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6901 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6903 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6904 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6906 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6907 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6908 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6909 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6915 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6916 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6917 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6919 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6920 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6921 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6923 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6924 update_global_location_list (1);
6929 /* Set a breakpoint.
6930 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6931 condition, and thread.
6932 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6933 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6937 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6939 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6940 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6942 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6944 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6945 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6946 0 /* Ignore count */,
6947 pending_break_support
,
6948 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6955 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6956 char *address
, char *condition
,
6957 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6958 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6959 int pending
, int enabled
)
6961 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6962 address
, condition
, thread
,
6963 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6964 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6967 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6971 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6972 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6973 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6976 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6979 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6982 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6983 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6985 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6987 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6990 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6991 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6993 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6994 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6999 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7002 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7005 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7009 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7011 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7012 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7013 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7016 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7017 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7018 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7020 /* Preserve the original line number. */
7021 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
7022 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7023 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
7027 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7029 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7033 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7036 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7039 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7040 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7044 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7045 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7046 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7049 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7050 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7052 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7054 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7056 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7058 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7065 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7067 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7071 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7073 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7077 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7079 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7083 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7085 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7089 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7091 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7092 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7093 stop at <line>\n"));
7097 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7101 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7103 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7108 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7109 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7110 function/method name */
7111 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7113 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7118 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7120 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7124 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7126 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7130 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7134 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7141 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7142 it is probably a line number. */
7143 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7145 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7150 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7152 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7156 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7158 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7161 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7162 hw_read: watch read,
7163 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7165 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7167 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7168 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7169 struct expression
*exp
;
7170 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7171 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7172 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7173 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7174 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7175 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7177 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7178 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7179 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7180 enum bptype bp_type
;
7184 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7185 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7187 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7189 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7190 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7192 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7193 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7194 be the thread identifier. */
7195 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7197 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7200 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7201 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7203 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7204 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7205 reach a "thread" token. */
7206 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7211 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7214 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7215 calculate the length of the token. */
7217 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7219 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7221 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7222 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7223 only in a specific thread. */
7226 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7227 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7229 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7231 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7232 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7234 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7235 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7236 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7238 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7239 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7240 evaluate_expression() function. */
7245 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7246 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7248 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7250 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7251 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7253 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7256 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7257 mark
= value_mark ();
7258 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7260 release_value (val
);
7263 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7267 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7270 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7271 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7273 struct expression
*cond
;
7275 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7276 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7281 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7283 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7284 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7285 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7286 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7288 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7290 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7291 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7292 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7295 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7296 target_resources_ok
=
7297 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7299 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7300 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7302 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7303 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7306 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7307 watchpoint could not be set. */
7308 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7309 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7311 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7313 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7314 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7315 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7316 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7317 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7319 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7322 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7323 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7324 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7326 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7328 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7329 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7331 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7332 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7334 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7335 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7336 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7337 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7338 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7339 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7340 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7341 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7342 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7346 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7347 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7348 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7349 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7351 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7353 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7354 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7358 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7364 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7365 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7369 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7370 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7373 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7375 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7376 need to act on them together. */
7377 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7378 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7381 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7383 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7384 that should be inserted. */
7385 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7388 update_global_location_list (1);
7391 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7392 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7393 in hardware return zero. */
7396 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7398 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7399 struct value
*head
= v
;
7401 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7402 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7405 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7406 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7407 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7408 hardware watchpoint.
7410 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7411 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7412 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7413 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7414 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7415 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7416 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7417 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7418 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7420 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7421 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7422 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7423 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7424 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7426 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7429 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7430 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7431 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7435 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7436 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7437 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7439 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7440 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7441 middle of some value chain. */
7443 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7444 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7446 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7447 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7449 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7456 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7457 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7458 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7459 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7460 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7463 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7464 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7465 return found_memory_cnt
;
7469 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7471 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7475 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7477 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7481 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7483 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7487 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7489 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7493 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7495 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7499 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7501 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7505 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7506 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7508 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7510 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7511 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7514 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7515 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7516 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7519 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7521 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7523 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7525 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7529 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7531 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7532 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7533 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7535 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7536 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7538 clear_proceed_status ();
7540 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7543 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7544 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7545 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7547 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7548 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7550 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7551 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7554 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7557 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7559 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7562 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7563 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7564 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7565 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7567 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7568 at the very same frame. */
7569 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7570 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7573 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7575 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7578 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7580 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7581 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7582 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7584 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7586 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7589 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7591 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7592 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7593 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7594 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7596 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7598 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7599 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7601 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7602 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7604 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7605 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7606 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7610 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7614 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7616 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7618 while (isspace (**s
))
7622 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7623 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7625 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7626 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7627 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7628 if clause in the arg string. */
7631 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7635 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7638 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7641 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7642 condition string. */
7643 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7646 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7647 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7652 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7653 process start/exit, etc. */
7657 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7658 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7663 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7665 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7666 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7667 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7670 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7671 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7672 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7676 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7678 /* The allowed syntax is:
7680 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7682 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7683 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7685 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7686 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7688 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7689 and enable reporting of such events. */
7692 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7693 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7694 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7695 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7697 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7698 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7699 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7700 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7703 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7709 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7711 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7713 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7715 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7719 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7721 /* The allowed syntax is:
7723 catch exec if <cond>
7725 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7726 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7728 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7729 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7731 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7732 and enable reporting of such events. */
7733 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7734 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7737 static enum print_stop_action
7738 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7740 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7742 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7744 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7745 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7746 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7749 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7751 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7753 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7754 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7756 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7757 : " (exception caught), ");
7758 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7760 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7761 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7762 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7763 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7765 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7769 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7771 struct value_print_options opts
;
7772 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7773 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7776 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7777 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7779 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7780 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7785 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7786 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7788 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7792 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7797 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7798 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7799 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7800 : _("Catchpoint "));
7801 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7802 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7806 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7809 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7810 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7811 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7812 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7816 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7817 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7819 char *trigger_func_name
;
7821 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7822 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7824 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7826 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7827 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7828 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7831 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7832 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7838 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7841 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7842 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7844 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7845 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7849 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7851 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7853 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7854 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7856 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7857 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7858 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7860 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7863 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7866 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7869 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7871 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7872 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7875 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7878 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7880 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7881 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7884 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7887 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7888 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7892 struct expression
*cond
,
7893 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7897 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7901 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7903 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7905 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7906 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7907 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7908 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7909 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7910 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7911 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7912 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7913 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7914 enough for now, though. */
7917 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7918 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7920 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7921 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7922 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7923 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7924 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7925 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7926 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7927 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7928 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7933 update_global_location_list (1);
7936 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7939 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7940 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7942 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7944 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7946 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7947 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7948 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7949 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7950 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7952 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7956 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7957 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7958 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7959 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7963 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7965 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7967 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7968 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7971 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7972 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7974 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7976 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7977 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7979 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7981 int i
, syscall_number
;
7986 /* Skip whitespace. */
7987 while (isspace (*arg
))
7990 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7991 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7995 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7996 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7997 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7998 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
8001 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8003 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
8005 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
8006 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8007 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8009 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
8012 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8013 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
8016 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8020 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8023 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8028 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8030 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8031 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8032 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8033 this architeture yet."));
8035 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8037 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8039 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8040 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8041 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8042 for his/her architecture. */
8043 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8045 /* The allowed syntax is:
8047 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8049 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8052 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8056 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8057 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8060 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8063 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8065 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8067 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8068 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8069 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8071 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8075 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8076 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8077 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8081 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8083 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8088 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8090 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8093 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8096 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8098 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8099 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8102 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8103 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8108 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8113 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8114 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8115 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8116 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8117 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8118 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8119 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8120 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8121 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8122 error (_("No source file specified."));
8130 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8131 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8132 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8133 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8134 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8136 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8137 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8138 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8139 due to optimization, all in one block.
8140 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8141 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8142 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8143 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8144 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8147 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8148 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8149 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8153 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8155 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8156 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8157 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8160 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8165 1 0 <can't happen> */
8169 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8174 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8175 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8176 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8177 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8178 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8179 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8181 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8182 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8184 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8185 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8186 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8187 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8188 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8189 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8190 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8191 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8192 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8193 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8194 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8195 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8204 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8207 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8208 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8211 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8213 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8216 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8217 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8220 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8221 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8223 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8225 breakpoints_changed ();
8227 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8230 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8231 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8234 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8237 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8238 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8239 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8242 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8246 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8247 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8248 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8249 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8251 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8255 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8256 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8260 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8261 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8262 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8263 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8264 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8267 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8269 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8270 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8271 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8272 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8274 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8275 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8277 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8278 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8279 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8281 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8282 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8284 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8285 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8286 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8288 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8291 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8292 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8293 the bp_location array. */
8296 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8298 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8300 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8301 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8305 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8307 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8310 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8311 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8313 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8314 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8315 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8316 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8318 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8320 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8321 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8322 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8323 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8327 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8328 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8329 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8330 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8331 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8332 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8333 returns true on them.
8335 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8336 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8337 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8338 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8339 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8340 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8343 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8345 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8346 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8347 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8349 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8350 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8351 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8352 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8353 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8355 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8356 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8357 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8358 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8360 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8361 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8362 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8363 unsigned old_location_count
;
8365 old_location
= bp_location
;
8366 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8368 bp_location_count
= 0;
8369 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8372 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8373 bp_location_count
++;
8375 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8378 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8380 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8381 bp_location_compare
);
8383 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8385 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8386 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8387 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8388 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8389 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8391 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8392 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8395 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8398 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8399 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8401 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8403 int found_object
= 0;
8404 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8405 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8408 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8409 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8410 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8411 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8415 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8416 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8419 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8426 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8427 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8428 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8429 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8432 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8434 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8436 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8438 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8439 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8444 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8445 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8446 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8448 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8451 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8452 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8455 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8457 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8459 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8460 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8461 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8462 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8465 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8474 if (!keep_in_target
)
8476 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8478 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8479 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8480 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8483 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8484 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8485 after calling us. */
8486 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8487 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8495 if (removed
&& non_stop
8496 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8497 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8499 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8500 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8501 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8502 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8503 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8504 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8505 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8506 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8507 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8508 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8509 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8510 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8511 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8512 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8515 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8516 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8518 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8519 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8520 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8521 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8522 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8523 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8524 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8525 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8526 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8527 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8528 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8529 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8530 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8533 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8534 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8535 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8536 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8538 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8539 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8540 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8541 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8542 traps we can no longer explain. */
8544 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8545 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8547 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8550 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8554 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8555 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8556 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8557 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8558 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8559 are sorted first for the same address.
8561 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8562 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8564 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8565 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8566 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8567 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8568 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8570 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8571 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8573 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8574 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8575 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8577 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8578 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8581 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8582 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8583 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8584 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8585 "actually inserted"));
8587 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8588 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8589 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8590 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8591 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8592 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8594 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8596 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8597 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8598 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8607 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8608 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8609 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8610 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8611 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8614 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8615 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8616 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8617 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8619 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8623 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8625 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8628 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8629 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8631 free_bp_location (loc
);
8632 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8638 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8640 struct gdb_exception e
;
8641 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8642 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8645 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8647 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8650 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8651 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8653 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8655 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8659 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8661 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8663 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8664 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8668 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8672 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8674 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8675 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8677 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8679 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8680 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8682 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8683 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8684 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8685 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8686 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8688 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8689 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8690 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8691 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8692 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8695 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
8696 breakpoints gets resolved. */
8697 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
8699 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
8700 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
8701 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8702 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8705 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8707 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8708 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8713 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8717 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8718 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8719 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8720 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8721 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8722 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8724 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8725 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8726 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8727 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8728 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8729 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8730 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8731 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8732 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8734 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8735 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8736 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8737 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8738 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8739 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8740 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8741 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8742 with commands won't work. */
8744 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8746 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8747 list, update the global location list. This
8748 will remove locations that used to belong to
8749 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8750 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8751 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8752 design to have location completely self-contained,
8753 but it's not the case now. */
8754 update_global_location_list (0);
8757 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8758 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8759 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8765 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8767 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8771 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8773 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8777 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8779 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8785 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8787 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8788 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8789 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8792 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8793 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8794 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8795 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8796 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8797 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8800 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8805 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8807 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8809 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8811 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8812 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8813 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8814 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8815 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8816 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8823 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8827 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8829 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8830 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8835 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8836 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8837 Null names are ignored. */
8840 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8842 struct bp_location
*l
;
8843 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8844 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8845 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8847 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8850 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8852 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8856 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8858 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8873 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8874 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8878 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8880 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8881 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8882 the common case where all locations are in the same
8883 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8884 retain the location, so that when the library
8885 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8886 status of the individual locations. */
8887 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8892 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8894 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8895 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8897 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8899 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8901 struct gdb_exception e
;
8904 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8906 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8911 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8912 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8913 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8917 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8918 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8919 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8920 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8922 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8924 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8925 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8928 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8929 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8930 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8932 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8934 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8935 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8936 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8937 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8938 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8939 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8940 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8942 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8944 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8946 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8947 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8949 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8950 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8951 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8959 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8960 if (l
->function_name
8961 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8971 update_global_location_list (1);
8975 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8976 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8977 Unused in this case. */
8980 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8982 /* get past catch_errs */
8983 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8987 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8988 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8989 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8991 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8992 struct gdb_exception e
;
8993 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8998 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9002 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9004 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9005 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9006 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
9009 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
9011 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9012 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9016 set_language (b
->language
);
9017 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
9020 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9021 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
9023 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9025 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
9030 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
9031 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9032 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9033 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9034 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9035 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9036 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9038 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9039 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9040 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9041 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9043 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9045 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9046 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9047 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9048 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9049 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9050 which approach is better. */
9051 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9052 throw_exception (e
);
9058 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9060 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9061 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9063 char *cond_string
= 0;
9067 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9068 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9070 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9073 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9076 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9079 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9080 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9085 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9086 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9087 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9088 or it can be on local variables.
9090 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9091 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9092 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9095 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9096 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9097 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9098 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9099 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9100 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9102 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9103 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9104 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9105 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9107 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9108 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9110 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9111 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9112 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9114 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9115 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9121 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9123 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9124 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9125 case bp_overlay_event
:
9126 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9130 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9131 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9132 case bp_shlib_event
:
9134 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9135 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9136 case bp_thread_event
:
9138 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9139 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9140 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9141 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9144 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9146 case bp_step_resume
:
9148 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9153 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9157 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9159 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9161 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9162 enum language save_language
;
9163 int save_input_radix
;
9164 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9166 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9167 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9168 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9170 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9172 /* Format possible error msg */
9173 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9175 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9176 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9177 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9179 set_language (save_language
);
9180 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9182 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9184 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9186 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9187 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9188 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9189 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9190 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9193 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9195 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9196 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9198 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9200 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9202 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9203 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9205 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9206 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9207 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9209 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9213 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9214 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9215 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9218 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9220 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9226 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9228 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9232 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9234 else if (count
== 1)
9235 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9238 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9241 breakpoints_changed ();
9242 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9246 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9250 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9252 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9256 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9259 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9265 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9267 num
= get_number (&p
);
9269 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9271 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9273 set_ignore_count (num
,
9274 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9277 printf_filtered ("\n");
9280 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9281 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9284 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9293 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9300 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9303 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9308 if (b
->number
== num
)
9310 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9313 if (related_breakpoint
)
9314 function (related_breakpoint
);
9318 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9324 static struct bp_location
*
9325 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9327 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9332 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9337 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9339 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9342 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9347 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9348 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9351 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9353 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9357 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9360 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9366 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9367 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9368 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9371 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9373 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9374 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9375 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9376 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9379 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9380 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9383 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9385 update_global_location_list (0);
9387 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9391 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9393 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9399 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9404 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9406 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9408 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9409 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9410 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9411 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9415 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9417 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9420 update_global_location_list (0);
9423 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9427 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9429 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9432 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9435 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9436 target_resources_ok
=
9437 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9439 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9440 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9441 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9442 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9445 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9446 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9447 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9448 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9450 struct gdb_exception e
;
9452 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9454 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9458 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9464 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9465 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9466 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9467 update_global_location_list (1);
9468 breakpoints_changed ();
9470 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9475 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9477 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9480 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9481 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9482 in stopping the inferior. */
9485 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9487 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9489 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9493 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9498 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9500 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9502 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9503 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9504 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9505 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9509 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9511 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9514 update_global_location_list (1);
9517 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9521 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9523 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9527 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9529 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9533 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9535 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9539 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9541 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9545 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9550 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9554 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9555 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9559 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9560 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9562 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9565 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9566 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9567 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9569 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9571 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9572 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9573 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9574 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9576 value_free (bp
->val
);
9583 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9585 struct symtabs_and_lines
9586 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9588 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9590 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9591 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9592 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9593 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9594 default_breakpoint_line
,
9595 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9597 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9598 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9600 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9604 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9605 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9606 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9607 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9611 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9612 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9614 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9616 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9618 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9619 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9621 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9623 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9631 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9634 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9636 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9639 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9645 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9647 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9648 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9650 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9653 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9654 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9658 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9660 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9661 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9665 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9666 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9667 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9670 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9671 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9672 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9673 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9674 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9675 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9677 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9679 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9680 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9683 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9686 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9688 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9690 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9692 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9693 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9694 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9695 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9697 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9699 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9700 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9701 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9702 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9706 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9709 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9713 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9715 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9717 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9718 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9726 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9727 non-zero otherwise. */
9729 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9731 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9732 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9733 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9740 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9742 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9744 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9748 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9750 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9753 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9755 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9759 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9761 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9771 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9773 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9774 char *text
, char *word
)
9776 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9777 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9780 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9782 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9784 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9786 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9787 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9791 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9793 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9795 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9796 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9798 0 /* Ignore count */,
9799 pending_break_support
,
9803 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9807 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9809 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9811 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9812 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
9814 0 /* Ignore count */,
9815 pending_break_support
,
9819 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9822 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
9823 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
9824 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
9825 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
9826 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
9829 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
9832 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9834 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw address. */
9835 sprintf (buf
, "*%s", paddress (get_current_arch(), utp
->addr
));
9837 if (!break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9839 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9841 (utp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
) /* hardwareflag */,
9843 0 /* Ignore count */,
9844 pending_break_support
,
9847 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */))
9850 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9852 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
9853 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
9857 sprintf (buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
9859 trace_pass_command (buf
, 0);
9864 printf_filtered ("Want to restore a condition\n");
9867 if (utp
->numactions
> 0)
9869 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
9872 if (utp
->num_step_actions
> 0)
9874 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
9880 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9884 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9887 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9889 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9902 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9907 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9908 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9911 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9912 Not supported by all targets. */
9914 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9916 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9919 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9920 Not supported by all targets. */
9922 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9924 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9927 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9929 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9931 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9937 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9939 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9940 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9941 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9946 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9951 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9953 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9957 if (tracepoint_type (b
)
9959 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9964 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9967 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9969 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9970 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9971 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9974 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9976 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9980 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9981 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9983 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9985 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9988 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9990 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9993 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9996 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
10002 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
10003 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
10005 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
10006 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
10008 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10009 t2
->number
, count
);
10011 if (! all
&& *args
)
10012 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
10018 struct breakpoint
*
10019 get_tracepoint (int num
)
10021 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10023 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10024 if (t
->number
== num
)
10030 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10031 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10034 struct breakpoint
*
10035 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
10037 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10039 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10040 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
10046 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10047 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10048 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10049 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10050 struct breakpoint
*
10051 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
10053 extern int tracepoint_count
;
10054 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10056 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
10058 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
10061 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
10063 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10066 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
10070 if (instring
&& *instring
)
10071 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10074 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10078 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10079 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
10084 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10085 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10086 allow us to discover this. */
10087 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10091 /* save-tracepoints command */
10093 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10095 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10097 struct action_line
*line
;
10099 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
10100 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
10102 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10104 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10105 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
10107 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10108 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10115 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
10119 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
10120 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
10121 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
10123 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
10124 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
10125 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
10127 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10129 if (tp
->addr_string
)
10130 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
10133 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10134 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
10137 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10138 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10142 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10144 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10146 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10148 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10149 actionline
= line
->action
;
10150 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10153 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10154 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10156 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10158 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10159 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10161 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10167 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10169 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10173 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10175 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10178 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10179 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10181 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10183 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10190 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10191 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10192 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10193 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10194 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10195 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10196 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10197 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10198 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10199 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10200 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10202 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10203 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10205 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10207 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10209 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10210 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10212 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10213 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10215 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10216 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10218 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10219 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10220 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10221 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10222 char *text
, char *word
),
10223 void *user_data_catch
,
10224 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10226 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10228 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10230 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10231 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10232 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10234 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10236 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10237 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10238 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10242 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10244 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10246 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10247 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10248 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10252 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10254 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10255 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10256 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10258 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10259 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10260 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10262 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10263 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10264 before a breakpoint is set. */
10265 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10267 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10269 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10270 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10271 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10273 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10275 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10276 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10277 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10278 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10279 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10280 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10281 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10282 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10284 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10285 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10286 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10287 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10289 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10290 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10291 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10292 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10293 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10295 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10296 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10298 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10299 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10300 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10301 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10303 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10304 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10306 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10307 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10308 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10309 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10311 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10312 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10314 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10315 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10316 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10317 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10318 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10319 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10320 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10322 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10323 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10324 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10325 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10326 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10327 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10329 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10331 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10332 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10333 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10334 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10335 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10336 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10338 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10339 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10340 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10343 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10344 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10345 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10348 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10349 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10350 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10353 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10354 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10355 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10358 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10359 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10360 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10361 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10362 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10363 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10364 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10365 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10367 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10368 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10369 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10370 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10371 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10373 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10374 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10375 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10376 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10377 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10378 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10381 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10382 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10383 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10384 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10386 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10387 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10388 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10389 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10390 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10392 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10393 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10394 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10395 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10397 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10398 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10399 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10400 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10401 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10404 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10405 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10406 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10407 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10408 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10409 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10411 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10412 is executing in.\n\
10414 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10416 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10417 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10418 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10419 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10421 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10422 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10423 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10424 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10427 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10431 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10432 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10433 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10434 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10435 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10436 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10437 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10438 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10439 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10440 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10441 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10442 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10443 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10444 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10445 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10446 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10448 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10449 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10450 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10451 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10452 breakpoint set."));
10455 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10456 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10457 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10458 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10459 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10460 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10461 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10462 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10463 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10465 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10466 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10467 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10468 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10469 breakpoint set."));
10471 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10474 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10475 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10476 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10477 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10478 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10479 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10480 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10481 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10482 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10484 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10485 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10486 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10487 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10488 breakpoint set."));
10490 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10491 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10492 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10493 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10494 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10495 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10496 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10497 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10498 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10499 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10500 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10501 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10502 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10504 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10505 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10506 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10507 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10509 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10511 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10512 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10513 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10514 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10516 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10517 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10518 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10519 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10521 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10522 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10523 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10524 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10525 catch_catch_command
,
10529 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10530 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10531 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10532 catch_throw_command
,
10536 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10537 catch_fork_command_1
,
10539 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10540 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10541 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10542 catch_fork_command_1
,
10544 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10545 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10546 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10547 catch_exec_command_1
,
10551 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10552 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10553 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10554 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10555 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10556 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10557 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10558 catch_syscall_completer
,
10561 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10562 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10563 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10564 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10568 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10569 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10570 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10571 catch_assert_command
,
10576 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10577 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10578 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10579 an expression changes."));
10580 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10582 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10583 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10584 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10585 an expression is read."));
10586 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10588 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10589 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10590 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10591 an expression is either read or written."));
10592 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10594 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10595 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10598 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10599 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10600 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10601 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10602 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10603 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10604 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10605 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10606 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10609 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10610 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10612 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10614 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10616 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10617 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10619 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10620 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10621 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10623 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10624 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10625 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10626 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10628 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
10629 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10631 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
10632 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10633 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10635 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10636 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10637 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10638 last tracepoint set."));
10640 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10642 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10643 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10644 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10645 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10648 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10649 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10650 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10651 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10653 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10655 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10656 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10657 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10658 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10660 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10662 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10663 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10664 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10665 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10666 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10668 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10669 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10670 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10671 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10673 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10674 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10675 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10676 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10677 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10678 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10679 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10680 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10681 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10682 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10683 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10684 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10686 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10687 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10688 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10689 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10690 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10691 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10692 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10693 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10695 show_pending_break_support
,
10696 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10697 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10699 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10701 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10702 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10703 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10704 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10705 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10706 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10707 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10709 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10710 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10711 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10713 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10714 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10715 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10716 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10717 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10718 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10719 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10720 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10721 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10722 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10723 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10724 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10726 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10727 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10728 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10730 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10732 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);